Google Cloud Native v0.30.0, Apr 14 23

Google Cloud Native is in preview. Google Cloud Classic is fully supported.

Google Cloud Native v0.30.0 published on Friday, Apr 14, 2023 by Pulumi

pulumi/pulumi-google-native

google-native.compute/alpha.BackendService

Explore with Pulumi AI

Google Cloud Native is in preview. Google Cloud Classic is fully supported.

Google Cloud Native v0.30.0 published on Friday, Apr 14, 2023 by Pulumi

pulumi/pulumi-google-native

Create BackendService Resource

new BackendService(name: string, args?: BackendServiceArgs, opts?: CustomResourceOptions);

@overload
def BackendService(resource_name: str,
                   opts: Optional[ResourceOptions] = None,
                   affinity_cookie_ttl_sec: Optional[int] = None,
                   backends: Optional[Sequence[BackendArgs]] = None,
                   cdn_policy: Optional[BackendServiceCdnPolicyArgs] = None,
                   circuit_breakers: Optional[CircuitBreakersArgs] = None,
                   compression_mode: Optional[BackendServiceCompressionMode] = None,
                   connection_draining: Optional[ConnectionDrainingArgs] = None,
                   connection_tracking_policy: Optional[BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyArgs] = None,
                   consistent_hash: Optional[ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsArgs] = None,
                   custom_request_headers: Optional[Sequence[str]] = None,
                   custom_response_headers: Optional[Sequence[str]] = None,
                   description: Optional[str] = None,
                   enable_cdn: Optional[bool] = None,
                   failover_policy: Optional[BackendServiceFailoverPolicyArgs] = None,
                   health_checks: Optional[Sequence[str]] = None,
                   iap: Optional[BackendServiceIAPArgs] = None,
                   ip_address_selection_policy: Optional[BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicy] = None,
                   load_balancing_scheme: Optional[BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme] = None,
                   locality_lb_policies: Optional[Sequence[BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigArgs]] = None,
                   locality_lb_policy: Optional[BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy] = None,
                   log_config: Optional[BackendServiceLogConfigArgs] = None,
                   max_stream_duration: Optional[DurationArgs] = None,
                   metadatas: Optional[Mapping[str, str]] = None,
                   name: Optional[str] = None,
                   network: Optional[str] = None,
                   outlier_detection: Optional[OutlierDetectionArgs] = None,
                   port: Optional[int] = None,
                   port_name: Optional[str] = None,
                   project: Optional[str] = None,
                   protocol: Optional[BackendServiceProtocol] = None,
                   request_id: Optional[str] = None,
                   security_settings: Optional[SecuritySettingsArgs] = None,
                   service_bindings: Optional[Sequence[str]] = None,
                   service_lb_policy: Optional[str] = None,
                   session_affinity: Optional[BackendServiceSessionAffinity] = None,
                   subsetting: Optional[SubsettingArgs] = None,
                   timeout_sec: Optional[int] = None,
                   vpc_network_scope: Optional[BackendServiceVpcNetworkScope] = None)
@overload
def BackendService(resource_name: str,
                   args: Optional[BackendServiceArgs] = None,
                   opts: Optional[ResourceOptions] = None)

func NewBackendService(ctx *Context, name string, args *BackendServiceArgs, opts ...ResourceOption) (*BackendService, error)

public BackendService(string name, BackendServiceArgs? args = null, CustomResourceOptions? opts = null)

public BackendService(String name, BackendServiceArgs args)
public BackendService(String name, BackendServiceArgs args, CustomResourceOptions options)

type: google-native:compute/alpha:BackendService
properties: # The arguments to resource properties.
options: # Bag of options to control resource's behavior.

name string: The unique name of the resource.
args BackendServiceArgs: The arguments to resource properties.
opts CustomResourceOptions: Bag of options to control resource's behavior.

resource_name str: The unique name of the resource.
args BackendServiceArgs: The arguments to resource properties.
opts ResourceOptions: Bag of options to control resource's behavior.

ctx Context: Context object for the current deployment.
name string: The unique name of the resource.
args BackendServiceArgs: The arguments to resource properties.
opts ResourceOption: Bag of options to control resource's behavior.

name string: The unique name of the resource.
args BackendServiceArgs: The arguments to resource properties.
opts CustomResourceOptions: Bag of options to control resource's behavior.

name String: The unique name of the resource.
args BackendServiceArgs: The arguments to resource properties.
options CustomResourceOptions: Bag of options to control resource's behavior.

BackendService Resource Properties

To learn more about resource properties and how to use them, see Inputs and Outputs in the Architecture and Concepts docs.

Inputs

The BackendService resource accepts the following input properties:

AffinityCookieTtlSec int

Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is two weeks (1,209,600). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

Backends List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendArgs>

The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

CdnPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceCdnPolicyArgs

Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

CircuitBreakers Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.CircuitBreakersArgs

CompressionMode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceCompressionMode

Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

ConnectionDraining Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.ConnectionDrainingArgs

ConnectionTrackingPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyArgs

Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

ConsistentHash Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsArgs

Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

CustomRequestHeaders List<string>

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

CustomResponseHeaders List<string>

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

Description string

An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

EnableCDN bool

If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

FailoverPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceFailoverPolicyArgs

Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

HealthChecks List<string>

The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.

Iap Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceIAPArgs

The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

IpAddressSelectionPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicy

Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED).

LoadBalancingScheme Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

LocalityLbPolicies List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigArgs>

A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration.

LocalityLbPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

LogConfig Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceLogConfigArgs

This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

MaxStreamDuration Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.DurationArgs

Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

Metadatas Dictionary<string, string>

Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

Name string

Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.

Network string

The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

OutlierDetection Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.OutlierDetectionArgs

Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, or GRPC, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

Port int

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

Deprecated:

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

PortName string

A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.

Project string

Protocol Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceProtocol

The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.

RequestId string

An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

SecuritySettings Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.SecuritySettingsArgs

This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

ServiceBindings List<string>

URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

ServiceLbPolicy string

URL to networkservices.ServiceLbPolicy resource. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If used with a backend service, must reference a global policy. If used with a regional backend service, must reference a regional policy.

SessionAffinity Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceSessionAffinity

Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: Session Affinity.

Subsetting Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.SubsettingArgs

TimeoutSec int

The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.

VpcNetworkScope Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceVpcNetworkScope

The network scope of the backends that can be added to the backend service. This field can be either GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK or REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK. A backend service with the VPC scope set to GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK is only allowed to have backends in global VPC networks. When the VPC scope is set to REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK the backend service is only allowed to have backends in regional networks in the same scope as the backend service. Note: if not specified then GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK will be used.

AffinityCookieTtlSec int

Backends []BackendArgs

The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

CdnPolicy BackendServiceCdnPolicyArgs

Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

CircuitBreakers CircuitBreakersArgs

CompressionMode BackendServiceCompressionMode

Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

ConnectionDraining ConnectionDrainingArgs

ConnectionTrackingPolicy BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyArgs

Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

ConsistentHash ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsArgs

CustomRequestHeaders []string

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

CustomResponseHeaders []string

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

Description string

An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

EnableCDN bool

If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

FailoverPolicy BackendServiceFailoverPolicyArgs

HealthChecks []string

Iap BackendServiceIAPArgs

The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

IpAddressSelectionPolicy BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicy

LoadBalancingScheme BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

LocalityLbPolicies []BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigArgs

LocalityLbPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

LogConfig BackendServiceLogConfigArgs

This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

MaxStreamDuration DurationArgs

Metadatas map[string]string

Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

Name string

Network string

The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

OutlierDetection OutlierDetectionArgs

Port int

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

Deprecated:

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

PortName string

Project string

Protocol BackendServiceProtocol

RequestId string

SecuritySettings SecuritySettingsArgs

This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

ServiceBindings []string

URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

ServiceLbPolicy string

SessionAffinity BackendServiceSessionAffinity

Subsetting SubsettingArgs

TimeoutSec int

VpcNetworkScope BackendServiceVpcNetworkScope

affinityCookieTtlSec Integer

backends List<BackendArgs>

The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

cdnPolicy BackendServiceCdnPolicyArgs

Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

circuitBreakers CircuitBreakersArgs

compressionMode BackendServiceCompressionMode

Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

connectionDraining ConnectionDrainingArgs

connectionTrackingPolicy BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyArgs

Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

consistentHash ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsArgs

customRequestHeaders List<String>

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

customResponseHeaders List<String>

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

description String

An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

enableCDN Boolean

If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

failoverPolicy BackendServiceFailoverPolicyArgs

healthChecks List<String>

iap BackendServiceIAPArgs

The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

ipAddressSelectionPolicy BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicy

loadBalancingScheme BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

localityLbPolicies List<BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigArgs>

localityLbPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

logConfig BackendServiceLogConfigArgs

This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

maxStreamDuration DurationArgs

metadatas Map<String,String>

Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

name String

network String

The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

outlierDetection OutlierDetectionArgs

port Integer

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

Deprecated:

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

portName String

project String

protocol BackendServiceProtocol

requestId String

securitySettings SecuritySettingsArgs

This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

serviceBindings List<String>

URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

serviceLbPolicy String

sessionAffinity BackendServiceSessionAffinity

subsetting SubsettingArgs

timeoutSec Integer

vpcNetworkScope BackendServiceVpcNetworkScope

affinityCookieTtlSec number

backends BackendArgs[]

The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

cdnPolicy BackendServiceCdnPolicyArgs

Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

circuitBreakers CircuitBreakersArgs

compressionMode BackendServiceCompressionMode

Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

connectionDraining ConnectionDrainingArgs

connectionTrackingPolicy BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyArgs

Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

consistentHash ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsArgs

customRequestHeaders string[]

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

customResponseHeaders string[]

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

description string

An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

enableCDN boolean

If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

failoverPolicy BackendServiceFailoverPolicyArgs

healthChecks string[]

iap BackendServiceIAPArgs

The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

ipAddressSelectionPolicy BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicy

loadBalancingScheme BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

localityLbPolicies BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigArgs[]

localityLbPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

logConfig BackendServiceLogConfigArgs

This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

maxStreamDuration DurationArgs

metadatas {[key: string]: string}

Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

name string

network string

The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

outlierDetection OutlierDetectionArgs

port number

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

Deprecated:

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

portName string

project string

protocol BackendServiceProtocol

requestId string

securitySettings SecuritySettingsArgs

This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

serviceBindings string[]

URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

serviceLbPolicy string

sessionAffinity BackendServiceSessionAffinity

subsetting SubsettingArgs

timeoutSec number

vpcNetworkScope BackendServiceVpcNetworkScope

affinity_cookie_ttl_sec int

backends Sequence[BackendArgs]

The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

cdn_policy BackendServiceCdnPolicyArgs

Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

circuit_breakers CircuitBreakersArgs

compression_mode BackendServiceCompressionMode

Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

connection_draining ConnectionDrainingArgs

connection_tracking_policy BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyArgs

Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

consistent_hash ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsArgs

custom_request_headers Sequence[str]

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

custom_response_headers Sequence[str]

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

description str

An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

enable_cdn bool

If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

failover_policy BackendServiceFailoverPolicyArgs

health_checks Sequence[str]

iap BackendServiceIAPArgs

The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

ip_address_selection_policy BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicy

load_balancing_scheme BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

locality_lb_policies Sequence[BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigArgs]

locality_lb_policy BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

log_config BackendServiceLogConfigArgs

This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

max_stream_duration DurationArgs

metadatas Mapping[str, str]

Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

name str

network str

The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

outlier_detection OutlierDetectionArgs

port int

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

Deprecated:

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

port_name str

project str

protocol BackendServiceProtocol

request_id str

security_settings SecuritySettingsArgs

This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

service_bindings Sequence[str]

URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

service_lb_policy str

session_affinity BackendServiceSessionAffinity

subsetting SubsettingArgs

timeout_sec int

vpc_network_scope BackendServiceVpcNetworkScope

affinityCookieTtlSec Number

backends List<Property Map>

The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

cdnPolicy Property Map

Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

circuitBreakers Property Map

compressionMode "AUTOMATIC" | "DISABLED"

Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

connectionDraining Property Map

connectionTrackingPolicy Property Map

Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

consistentHash Property Map

customRequestHeaders List<String>

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

customResponseHeaders List<String>

Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

description String

An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

enableCDN Boolean

If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

failoverPolicy Property Map

healthChecks List<String>

iap Property Map

The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

ipAddressSelectionPolicy "IPV4_ONLY" | "IPV6_ONLY" | "IP_ADDRESS_SELECTION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED" | "PREFER_IPV6"

Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

localityLbPolicies List<Property Map>

logConfig Property Map

This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

maxStreamDuration Property Map

metadatas Map<String>

Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

name String

network String

The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

outlierDetection Property Map

port Number

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

Deprecated:

Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

portName String

project String

requestId String

securitySettings Property Map

This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

serviceBindings List<String>

URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

serviceLbPolicy String

subsetting Property Map

timeoutSec Number

vpcNetworkScope "GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK" | "REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK"

Outputs

All input properties are implicitly available as output properties. Additionally, the BackendService resource produces the following output properties:

CreationTimestamp string: Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
EdgeSecurityPolicy string: The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
Fingerprint string: Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
Id string: The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
Kind string: Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
Region string: URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
SecurityPolicy string: The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
SelfLink string: Server-defined URL for the resource.
SelfLinkWithId string: Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.

CreationTimestamp string: Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
EdgeSecurityPolicy string: The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
Fingerprint string: Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
Id string: The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
Kind string: Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
Region string: URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
SecurityPolicy string: The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
SelfLink string: Server-defined URL for the resource.
SelfLinkWithId string: Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.

creationTimestamp String: Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
edgeSecurityPolicy String: The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
fingerprint String: Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
id String: The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
kind String: Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
region String: URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
securityPolicy String: The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
selfLink String: Server-defined URL for the resource.
selfLinkWithId String: Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.

creationTimestamp string: Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
edgeSecurityPolicy string: The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
fingerprint string: Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
id string: The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
kind string: Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
region string: URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
securityPolicy string: The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
selfLink string: Server-defined URL for the resource.
selfLinkWithId string: Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.

creation_timestamp str: Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
edge_security_policy str: The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
fingerprint str: Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
id str: The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
kind str: Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
region str: URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
security_policy str: The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
self_link str: Server-defined URL for the resource.
self_link_with_id str: Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.

creationTimestamp String: Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
edgeSecurityPolicy String: The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.
fingerprint String: Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.
id String: The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
kind String: Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.
region String: URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
securityPolicy String: The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.
selfLink String: Server-defined URL for the resource.
selfLinkWithId String: Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.

Supporting Types

AWSV4Signature

AccessKey string: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
AccessKeyId string: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
AccessKeyVersion string: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
OriginRegion string: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

AccessKey string: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
AccessKeyId string: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
AccessKeyVersion string: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
OriginRegion string: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

accessKey String: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
accessKeyId String: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
accessKeyVersion String: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
originRegion String: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

accessKey string: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
accessKeyId string: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
accessKeyVersion string: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
originRegion string: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

access_key str: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
access_key_id str: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
access_key_version str: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
origin_region str: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

accessKey String: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
accessKeyId String: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
accessKeyVersion String: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
originRegion String: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

AWSV4SignatureResponse

AccessKey string: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
AccessKeyId string: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
AccessKeyVersion string: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
OriginRegion string: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

AccessKey string: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
AccessKeyId string: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
AccessKeyVersion string: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
OriginRegion string: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

accessKey String: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
accessKeyId String: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
accessKeyVersion String: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
originRegion String: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

accessKey string: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
accessKeyId string: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
accessKeyVersion string: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
originRegion string: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

access_key str: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
access_key_id str: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
access_key_version str: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
origin_region str: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

accessKey String: The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly
accessKeyId String: The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.
accessKeyVersion String: The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.
originRegion String: The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

AuthenticationPolicy

Origins List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.OriginAuthenticationMethod>: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
Peers List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.PeerAuthenticationMethod>: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
PrincipalBinding Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.AuthenticationPolicyPrincipalBinding: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
ServerTlsContext Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.TlsContext: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

Origins []OriginAuthenticationMethod: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
Peers []PeerAuthenticationMethod: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
PrincipalBinding AuthenticationPolicyPrincipalBinding: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
ServerTlsContext TlsContext: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

origins List<OriginAuthenticationMethod>: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
peers List<PeerAuthenticationMethod>: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
principalBinding AuthenticationPolicyPrincipalBinding: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
serverTlsContext TlsContext: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

origins OriginAuthenticationMethod[]: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
peers PeerAuthenticationMethod[]: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
principalBinding AuthenticationPolicyPrincipalBinding: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
serverTlsContext TlsContext: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

origins Sequence[OriginAuthenticationMethod]: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
peers Sequence[PeerAuthenticationMethod]: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
principal_binding AuthenticationPolicyPrincipalBinding: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
server_tls_context TlsContext: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

origins List<Property Map>: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
peers List<Property Map>: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
principalBinding "INVALID" | "USE_ORIGIN" | "USE_PEER": Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
serverTlsContext Property Map: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

AuthenticationPolicyPrincipalBinding

Invalid: INVALID
UseOrigin: USE_ORIGIN
Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
UsePeer: USE_PEER
Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication.

AuthenticationPolicyPrincipalBindingInvalid: INVALID
AuthenticationPolicyPrincipalBindingUseOrigin: USE_ORIGIN
Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
AuthenticationPolicyPrincipalBindingUsePeer: USE_PEER
Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication.

Invalid: INVALID
UseOrigin: USE_ORIGIN
Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
UsePeer: USE_PEER
Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication.

Invalid: INVALID
UseOrigin: USE_ORIGIN
Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
UsePeer: USE_PEER
Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication.

INVALID: INVALID
USE_ORIGIN: USE_ORIGIN
Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
USE_PEER: USE_PEER
Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication.

"INVALID": INVALID
"USE_ORIGIN": USE_ORIGIN
Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
"USE_PEER": USE_PEER
Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication.

AuthenticationPolicyResponse

Origins List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.OriginAuthenticationMethodResponse>: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
Peers List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.PeerAuthenticationMethodResponse>: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
PrincipalBinding string: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
ServerTlsContext Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.TlsContextResponse: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

Origins []OriginAuthenticationMethodResponse: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
Peers []PeerAuthenticationMethodResponse: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
PrincipalBinding string: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
ServerTlsContext TlsContextResponse: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

origins List<OriginAuthenticationMethodResponse>: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
peers List<PeerAuthenticationMethodResponse>: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
principalBinding String: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
serverTlsContext TlsContextResponse: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

origins OriginAuthenticationMethodResponse[]: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
peers PeerAuthenticationMethodResponse[]: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
principalBinding string: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
serverTlsContext TlsContextResponse: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

origins Sequence[OriginAuthenticationMethodResponse]: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
peers Sequence[PeerAuthenticationMethodResponse]: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
principal_binding str: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
server_tls_context TlsContextResponse: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

origins List<Property Map>: List of authentication methods that can be used for origin authentication. Similar to peers, these will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set origin identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if origin authentication is not required.
peers List<Property Map>: List of authentication methods that can be used for peer authentication. They will be evaluated in order the first valid one will be used to set peer identity. If none of these methods pass, the request will be rejected with authentication failed error (401). Leave the list empty if peer authentication is not required.
principalBinding String: Define whether peer or origin identity should be used for principal. Default value is USE_PEER. If peer (or origin) identity is not available, either because peer/origin authentication is not defined, or failed, principal will be left unset. In other words, binding rule does not affect the decision to accept or reject request. This field can be set to one of the following: USE_PEER: Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication. USE_ORIGIN: Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.
serverTlsContext Property Map: Configures the mechanism to obtain server-side security certificates and identity information.

AuthorizationConfig

Policies List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.RbacPolicy>: List of RbacPolicies.

Policies []RbacPolicy: List of RbacPolicies.

policies List<RbacPolicy>: List of RbacPolicies.

policies RbacPolicy[]: List of RbacPolicies.

policies Sequence[RbacPolicy]: List of RbacPolicies.

policies List<Property Map>: List of RbacPolicies.

AuthorizationConfigResponse

Policies List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.RbacPolicyResponse>: List of RbacPolicies.

Policies []RbacPolicyResponse: List of RbacPolicies.

policies List<RbacPolicyResponse>: List of RbacPolicies.

policies RbacPolicyResponse[]: List of RbacPolicies.

policies Sequence[RbacPolicyResponse]: List of RbacPolicies.

policies List<Property Map>: List of RbacPolicies.

Backend

BalancingMode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendBalancingMode: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
CapacityScaler double: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
Description string: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
Failover bool: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
Group string: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
MaxConnections int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxConnectionsPerEndpoint int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxConnectionsPerInstance int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxRate int: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxRatePerEndpoint double: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxRatePerInstance double: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxUtilization double: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

BalancingMode BackendBalancingMode: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
CapacityScaler float64: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
Description string: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
Failover bool: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
Group string: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
MaxConnections int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxConnectionsPerEndpoint int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxConnectionsPerInstance int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxRate int: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxRatePerEndpoint float64: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxRatePerInstance float64: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxUtilization float64: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

balancingMode BackendBalancingMode: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
capacityScaler Double: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
description String: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
failover Boolean: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
group String: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
maxConnections Integer: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerEndpoint Integer: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerInstance Integer: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxRate Integer: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerEndpoint Double: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerInstance Double: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxUtilization Double: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

balancingMode BackendBalancingMode: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
capacityScaler number: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
description string: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
failover boolean: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
group string: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
maxConnections number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerEndpoint number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerInstance number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxRate number: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerEndpoint number: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerInstance number: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxUtilization number: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

balancing_mode BackendBalancingMode: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
capacity_scaler float: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
description str: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
failover bool: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
group str: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
max_connections int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
max_connections_per_endpoint int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
max_connections_per_instance int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
max_rate int: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
max_rate_per_endpoint float: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
max_rate_per_instance float: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
max_utilization float: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

balancingMode "CONNECTION" | "RATE" | "UTILIZATION": Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
capacityScaler Number: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
description String: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
failover Boolean: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
group String: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
maxConnections Number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerEndpoint Number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerInstance Number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxRate Number: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerEndpoint Number: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerInstance Number: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxUtilization Number: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

BackendBalancingMode

Connection: CONNECTION
Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.
Rate: RATE
Balance based on requests per second (RPS).
Utilization: UTILIZATION
Balance based on the backend utilization.

BackendBalancingModeConnection: CONNECTION
Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.
BackendBalancingModeRate: RATE
Balance based on requests per second (RPS).
BackendBalancingModeUtilization: UTILIZATION
Balance based on the backend utilization.

Connection: CONNECTION
Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.
Rate: RATE
Balance based on requests per second (RPS).
Utilization: UTILIZATION
Balance based on the backend utilization.

Connection: CONNECTION
Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.
Rate: RATE
Balance based on requests per second (RPS).
Utilization: UTILIZATION
Balance based on the backend utilization.

CONNECTION: CONNECTION
Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.
RATE: RATE
Balance based on requests per second (RPS).
UTILIZATION: UTILIZATION
Balance based on the backend utilization.

"CONNECTION": CONNECTION
Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.
"RATE": RATE
Balance based on requests per second (RPS).
"UTILIZATION": UTILIZATION
Balance based on the backend utilization.

BackendResponse

BalancingMode string: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
CapacityScaler double: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
Description string: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
Failover bool: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
Group string: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
MaxConnections int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxConnectionsPerEndpoint int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxConnectionsPerInstance int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxRate int: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxRatePerEndpoint double: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxRatePerInstance double: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxUtilization double: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

BalancingMode string: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
CapacityScaler float64: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
Description string: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
Failover bool: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
Group string: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
MaxConnections int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxConnectionsPerEndpoint int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxConnectionsPerInstance int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
MaxRate int: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxRatePerEndpoint float64: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxRatePerInstance float64: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
MaxUtilization float64: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

balancingMode String: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
capacityScaler Double: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
description String: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
failover Boolean: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
group String: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
maxConnections Integer: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerEndpoint Integer: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerInstance Integer: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxRate Integer: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerEndpoint Double: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerInstance Double: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxUtilization Double: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

balancingMode string: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
capacityScaler number: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
description string: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
failover boolean: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
group string: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
maxConnections number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerEndpoint number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerInstance number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxRate number: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerEndpoint number: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerInstance number: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxUtilization number: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

balancing_mode str: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
capacity_scaler float: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
description str: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
failover bool: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
group str: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
max_connections int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
max_connections_per_endpoint int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
max_connections_per_instance int: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
max_rate int: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
max_rate_per_endpoint float: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
max_rate_per_instance float: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
max_utilization float: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

balancingMode String: Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
capacityScaler Number: A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.
description String: An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
failover Boolean: This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
group String: The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.
maxConnections Number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerEndpoint Number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxConnectionsPerInstance Number: Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.
maxRate Number: Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerEndpoint Number: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxRatePerInstance Number: Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
maxUtilization Number: Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

BackendServiceCdnPolicy

BypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader>: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
CacheKeyPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.CacheKeyPolicy: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
CacheMode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
ClientTtl int: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
DefaultTtl int: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
MaxTtl int: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
NegativeCaching bool: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
NegativeCachingPolicy List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy>: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
RequestCoalescing bool: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
ServeWhileStale int: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
SignedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

BypassCacheOnRequestHeaders []BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
CacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicy: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
CacheMode BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
ClientTtl int: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
DefaultTtl int: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
MaxTtl int: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
NegativeCaching bool: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
NegativeCachingPolicy []BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
RequestCoalescing bool: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
ServeWhileStale int: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
SignedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader>: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
cacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicy: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
cacheMode BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
clientTtl Integer: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
defaultTtl Integer: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
maxTtl Integer: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
negativeCaching Boolean: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
negativeCachingPolicy List<BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy>: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
requestCoalescing Boolean: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
serveWhileStale Integer: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec String: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader[]: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
cacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicy: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
cacheMode BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
clientTtl number: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
defaultTtl number: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
maxTtl number: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
negativeCaching boolean: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
negativeCachingPolicy BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy[]: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
requestCoalescing boolean: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
serveWhileStale number: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

bypass_cache_on_request_headers Sequence[BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader]: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
cache_key_policy CacheKeyPolicy: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
cache_mode BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
client_ttl int: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
default_ttl int: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
max_ttl int: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
negative_caching bool: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
negative_caching_policy Sequence[BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy]: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
request_coalescing bool: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
serve_while_stale int: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
signed_url_cache_max_age_sec str: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<Property Map>: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
cacheKeyPolicy Property Map: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
cacheMode "CACHE_ALL_STATIC" | "FORCE_CACHE_ALL" | "INVALID_CACHE_MODE" | "USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS": Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
clientTtl Number: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
defaultTtl Number: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
maxTtl Number: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
negativeCaching Boolean: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
negativeCachingPolicy List<Property Map>: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
requestCoalescing Boolean: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
serveWhileStale Number: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec String: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader

HeaderName string: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

HeaderName string: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

headerName String: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

headerName string: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

header_name str: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

headerName String: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse

HeaderName string: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

HeaderName string: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

headerName String: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

headerName string: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

header_name str: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

headerName String: The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode

CacheAllStatic: CACHE_ALL_STATIC
Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
ForceCacheAll: FORCE_CACHE_ALL
Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.
InvalidCacheMode: INVALID_CACHE_MODE
UseOriginHeaders: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS
Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheModeCacheAllStatic: CACHE_ALL_STATIC
Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheModeForceCacheAll: FORCE_CACHE_ALL
Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.
BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheModeInvalidCacheMode: INVALID_CACHE_MODE
BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheModeUseOriginHeaders: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS
Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

CacheAllStatic: CACHE_ALL_STATIC
Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
ForceCacheAll: FORCE_CACHE_ALL
Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.
InvalidCacheMode: INVALID_CACHE_MODE
UseOriginHeaders: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS
Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

CacheAllStatic: CACHE_ALL_STATIC
Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
ForceCacheAll: FORCE_CACHE_ALL
Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.
InvalidCacheMode: INVALID_CACHE_MODE
UseOriginHeaders: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS
Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

CACHE_ALL_STATIC: CACHE_ALL_STATIC
Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
FORCE_CACHE_ALL: FORCE_CACHE_ALL
Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.
INVALID_CACHE_MODE: INVALID_CACHE_MODE
USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS
Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

"CACHE_ALL_STATIC": CACHE_ALL_STATIC
Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
"FORCE_CACHE_ALL": FORCE_CACHE_ALL
Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.
"INVALID_CACHE_MODE": INVALID_CACHE_MODE
"USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS": USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS
Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy

Code int: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
Ttl int: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

Code int: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
Ttl int: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

code Integer: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
ttl Integer: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

code number: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
ttl number: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

code int: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
ttl int: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

code Number: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
ttl Number: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse

Code int: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
Ttl int: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

Code int: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
Ttl int: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

code Integer: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
ttl Integer: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

code number: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
ttl number: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

code int: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
ttl int: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

code Number: The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.
ttl Number: The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

BackendServiceCdnPolicyResponse

BypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse>: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
CacheKeyPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.CacheKeyPolicyResponse: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
CacheMode string: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
ClientTtl int: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
DefaultTtl int: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
MaxTtl int: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
NegativeCaching bool: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
NegativeCachingPolicy List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse>: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
RequestCoalescing bool: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
ServeWhileStale int: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
SignedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.
SignedUrlKeyNames List<string>: Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

BypassCacheOnRequestHeaders []BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
CacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicyResponse: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
CacheMode string: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
ClientTtl int: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
DefaultTtl int: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
MaxTtl int: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
NegativeCaching bool: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
NegativeCachingPolicy []BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
RequestCoalescing bool: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
ServeWhileStale int: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
SignedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.
SignedUrlKeyNames []string: Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse>: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
cacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicyResponse: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
cacheMode String: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
clientTtl Integer: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
defaultTtl Integer: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
maxTtl Integer: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
negativeCaching Boolean: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
negativeCachingPolicy List<BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse>: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
requestCoalescing Boolean: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
serveWhileStale Integer: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec String: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.
signedUrlKeyNames List<String>: Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse[]: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
cacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicyResponse: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
cacheMode string: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
clientTtl number: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
defaultTtl number: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
maxTtl number: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
negativeCaching boolean: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
negativeCachingPolicy BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse[]: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
requestCoalescing boolean: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
serveWhileStale number: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.
signedUrlKeyNames string[]: Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

bypass_cache_on_request_headers Sequence[BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse]: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
cache_key_policy CacheKeyPolicyResponse: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
cache_mode str: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
client_ttl int: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
default_ttl int: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
max_ttl int: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
negative_caching bool: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
negative_caching_policy Sequence[BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse]: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
request_coalescing bool: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
serve_while_stale int: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
signed_url_cache_max_age_sec str: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.
signed_url_key_names Sequence[str]: Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<Property Map>: Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
cacheKeyPolicy Property Map: The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
cacheMode String: Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.
clientTtl Number: Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
defaultTtl Number: Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
maxTtl Number: Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
negativeCaching Boolean: Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
negativeCachingPolicy List<Property Map>: Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.
requestCoalescing Boolean: If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
serveWhileStale Number: Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec String: Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.
signedUrlKeyNames List<String>: Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

BackendServiceCompressionMode

Automatic: AUTOMATIC
Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.
Disabled: DISABLED
Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

BackendServiceCompressionModeAutomatic: AUTOMATIC
Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.
BackendServiceCompressionModeDisabled: DISABLED
Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

Automatic: AUTOMATIC
Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.
Disabled: DISABLED
Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

Automatic: AUTOMATIC
Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.
Disabled: DISABLED
Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

AUTOMATIC: AUTOMATIC
Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.
DISABLED: DISABLED
Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

"AUTOMATIC": AUTOMATIC
Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.
"DISABLED": DISABLED
Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy

ConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
EnableStrongAffinity bool: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
IdleTimeoutSec int: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
TrackingMode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

ConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
EnableStrongAffinity bool: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
IdleTimeoutSec int: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
TrackingMode BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
enableStrongAffinity Boolean: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
idleTimeoutSec Integer: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
trackingMode BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
enableStrongAffinity boolean: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
idleTimeoutSec number: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
trackingMode BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

connection_persistence_on_unhealthy_backends BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
enable_strong_affinity bool: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
idle_timeout_sec int: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
tracking_mode BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends "ALWAYS_PERSIST" | "DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL" | "NEVER_PERSIST": Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
enableStrongAffinity Boolean: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
idleTimeoutSec Number: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
trackingMode "INVALID_TRACKING_MODE" | "PER_CONNECTION" | "PER_SESSION": Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends

AlwaysPersist: ALWAYS_PERSIST
DefaultForProtocol: DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
NeverPersist: NEVER_PERSIST

BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackendsAlwaysPersist: ALWAYS_PERSIST
BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackendsDefaultForProtocol: DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackendsNeverPersist: NEVER_PERSIST

AlwaysPersist: ALWAYS_PERSIST
DefaultForProtocol: DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
NeverPersist: NEVER_PERSIST

AlwaysPersist: ALWAYS_PERSIST
DefaultForProtocol: DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
NeverPersist: NEVER_PERSIST

ALWAYS_PERSIST: ALWAYS_PERSIST
DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL: DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
NEVER_PERSIST: NEVER_PERSIST

"ALWAYS_PERSIST": ALWAYS_PERSIST
"DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL": DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
"NEVER_PERSIST": NEVER_PERSIST

BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyResponse

ConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends string: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
EnableStrongAffinity bool: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
IdleTimeoutSec int: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
TrackingMode string: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

ConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends string: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
EnableStrongAffinity bool: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
IdleTimeoutSec int: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
TrackingMode string: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends String: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
enableStrongAffinity Boolean: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
idleTimeoutSec Integer: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
trackingMode String: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends string: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
enableStrongAffinity boolean: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
idleTimeoutSec number: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
trackingMode string: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

connection_persistence_on_unhealthy_backends str: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
enable_strong_affinity bool: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
idle_timeout_sec int: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
tracking_mode str: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends String: Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
enableStrongAffinity Boolean: Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.
idleTimeoutSec Number: Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.
trackingMode String: Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode

InvalidTrackingMode: INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
PerConnection: PER_CONNECTION
PerSession: PER_SESSION

BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingModeInvalidTrackingMode: INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingModePerConnection: PER_CONNECTION
BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingModePerSession: PER_SESSION

InvalidTrackingMode: INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
PerConnection: PER_CONNECTION
PerSession: PER_SESSION

InvalidTrackingMode: INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
PerConnection: PER_CONNECTION
PerSession: PER_SESSION

INVALID_TRACKING_MODE: INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
PER_CONNECTION: PER_CONNECTION
PER_SESSION: PER_SESSION

"INVALID_TRACKING_MODE": INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
"PER_CONNECTION": PER_CONNECTION
"PER_SESSION": PER_SESSION

BackendServiceFailoverPolicy

DisableConnectionDrainOnFailover bool: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
DropTrafficIfUnhealthy bool: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
FailoverRatio double: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

DisableConnectionDrainOnFailover bool: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
DropTrafficIfUnhealthy bool: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
FailoverRatio float64: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

disableConnectionDrainOnFailover Boolean: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
dropTrafficIfUnhealthy Boolean: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
failoverRatio Double: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

disableConnectionDrainOnFailover boolean: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
dropTrafficIfUnhealthy boolean: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
failoverRatio number: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

disable_connection_drain_on_failover bool: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
drop_traffic_if_unhealthy bool: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
failover_ratio float: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

disableConnectionDrainOnFailover Boolean: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
dropTrafficIfUnhealthy Boolean: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
failoverRatio Number: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

BackendServiceFailoverPolicyResponse

DisableConnectionDrainOnFailover bool: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
DropTrafficIfUnhealthy bool: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
FailoverRatio double: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

DisableConnectionDrainOnFailover bool: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
DropTrafficIfUnhealthy bool: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
FailoverRatio float64: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

disableConnectionDrainOnFailover Boolean: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
dropTrafficIfUnhealthy Boolean: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
failoverRatio Double: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

disableConnectionDrainOnFailover boolean: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
dropTrafficIfUnhealthy boolean: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
failoverRatio number: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

disable_connection_drain_on_failover bool: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
drop_traffic_if_unhealthy bool: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
failover_ratio float: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

disableConnectionDrainOnFailover Boolean: This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.
dropTrafficIfUnhealthy Boolean: If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.
failoverRatio Number: The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

BackendServiceIAP

Enabled bool: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
Oauth2ClientId string: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
Oauth2ClientInfo Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfo: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
Oauth2ClientSecret string: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

Enabled bool: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
Oauth2ClientId string: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
Oauth2ClientInfo BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfo: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
Oauth2ClientSecret string: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

enabled Boolean: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
oauth2ClientId String: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
oauth2ClientInfo BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfo: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
oauth2ClientSecret String: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

enabled boolean: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
oauth2ClientId string: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
oauth2ClientInfo BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfo: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
oauth2ClientSecret string: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

enabled bool: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
oauth2_client_id str: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
oauth2_client_info BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfo: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
oauth2_client_secret str: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

enabled Boolean: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
oauth2ClientId String: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
oauth2ClientInfo Property Map: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
oauth2ClientSecret String: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfo

ApplicationName string: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
ClientName string: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
DeveloperEmailAddress string: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

ApplicationName string: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
ClientName string: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
DeveloperEmailAddress string: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

applicationName String: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
clientName String: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
developerEmailAddress String: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

applicationName string: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
clientName string: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
developerEmailAddress string: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

application_name str: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
client_name str: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
developer_email_address str: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

applicationName String: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
clientName String: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
developerEmailAddress String: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfoResponse

ApplicationName string: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
ClientName string: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
DeveloperEmailAddress string: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

ApplicationName string: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
ClientName string: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
DeveloperEmailAddress string: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

applicationName String: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
clientName String: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
developerEmailAddress String: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

applicationName string: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
clientName string: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
developerEmailAddress string: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

application_name str: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
client_name str: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
developer_email_address str: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

applicationName String: Application name to be used in OAuth consent screen.
clientName String: Name of the client to be generated. Optional - If not provided, the name will be autogenerated by the backend.
developerEmailAddress String: Developer's information to be used in OAuth consent screen.

BackendServiceIAPResponse

Enabled bool: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
Oauth2ClientId string: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
Oauth2ClientInfo Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfoResponse: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
Oauth2ClientSecret string: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly
Oauth2ClientSecretSha256 string: SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

Enabled bool: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
Oauth2ClientId string: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
Oauth2ClientInfo BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfoResponse: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
Oauth2ClientSecret string: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly
Oauth2ClientSecretSha256 string: SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

enabled Boolean: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
oauth2ClientId String: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
oauth2ClientInfo BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfoResponse: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
oauth2ClientSecret String: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly
oauth2ClientSecretSha256 String: SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

enabled boolean: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
oauth2ClientId string: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
oauth2ClientInfo BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfoResponse: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
oauth2ClientSecret string: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly
oauth2ClientSecretSha256 string: SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

enabled bool: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
oauth2_client_id str: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
oauth2_client_info BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfoResponse: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
oauth2_client_secret str: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly
oauth2_client_secret_sha256 str: SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

enabled Boolean: Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.
oauth2ClientId String: OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.
oauth2ClientInfo Property Map: [Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP.
oauth2ClientSecret String: OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly
oauth2ClientSecretSha256 String: SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicy

Ipv4Only: IPV4_ONLY
Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting.
Ipv6Only: IPV6_ONLY
Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends.
IpAddressSelectionPolicyUnspecified: IP_ADDRESS_SELECTION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED
Unspecified IP address selection policy.
PreferIpv6: PREFER_IPV6
Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address).

BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicyIpv4Only: IPV4_ONLY
Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting.
BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicyIpv6Only: IPV6_ONLY
Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends.
BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicyIpAddressSelectionPolicyUnspecified: IP_ADDRESS_SELECTION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED
Unspecified IP address selection policy.
BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicyPreferIpv6: PREFER_IPV6
Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address).

Ipv4Only: IPV4_ONLY
Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting.
Ipv6Only: IPV6_ONLY
Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends.
IpAddressSelectionPolicyUnspecified: IP_ADDRESS_SELECTION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED
Unspecified IP address selection policy.
PreferIpv6: PREFER_IPV6
Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address).

Ipv4Only: IPV4_ONLY
Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting.
Ipv6Only: IPV6_ONLY
Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends.
IpAddressSelectionPolicyUnspecified: IP_ADDRESS_SELECTION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED
Unspecified IP address selection policy.
PreferIpv6: PREFER_IPV6
Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address).

IPV4_ONLY: IPV4_ONLY
Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting.
IPV6_ONLY: IPV6_ONLY
Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends.
IP_ADDRESS_SELECTION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED: IP_ADDRESS_SELECTION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED
Unspecified IP address selection policy.
PREFER_IPV6: PREFER_IPV6
Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address).

"IPV4_ONLY": IPV4_ONLY
Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting.
"IPV6_ONLY": IPV6_ONLY
Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends.
"IP_ADDRESS_SELECTION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED": IP_ADDRESS_SELECTION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED
Unspecified IP address selection policy.
"PREFER_IPV6": PREFER_IPV6
Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address).

BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

External: EXTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing
ExternalManaged: EXTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
Internal: INTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
InternalManaged: INTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
InternalSelfManaged: INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.
InvalidLoadBalancingScheme: INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME

BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeExternal: EXTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing
BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeExternalManaged: EXTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeInternal: INTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeInternalManaged: INTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeInternalSelfManaged: INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.
BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeInvalidLoadBalancingScheme: INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME

External: EXTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing
ExternalManaged: EXTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
Internal: INTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
InternalManaged: INTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
InternalSelfManaged: INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.
InvalidLoadBalancingScheme: INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME

External: EXTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing
ExternalManaged: EXTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
Internal: INTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
InternalManaged: INTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
InternalSelfManaged: INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.
InvalidLoadBalancingScheme: INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME

EXTERNAL: EXTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing
EXTERNAL_MANAGED: EXTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
INTERNAL: INTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
INTERNAL_MANAGED: INTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED: INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.
INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME: INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME

"EXTERNAL": EXTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing
"EXTERNAL_MANAGED": EXTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
"INTERNAL": INTERNAL
Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
"INTERNAL_MANAGED": INTERNAL_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
"INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED": INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED
Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.
"INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME": INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME

BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

InvalidLbPolicy: INVALID_LB_POLICY
LeastRequest: LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
Maglev: MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
OriginalDestination: ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
Random: RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
RingHash: RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
RoundRobin: ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
WeightedMaglev: WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyInvalidLbPolicy: INVALID_LB_POLICY
BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyLeastRequest: LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyMaglev: MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyOriginalDestination: ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyRandom: RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyRingHash: RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyRoundRobin: ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyWeightedMaglev: WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

InvalidLbPolicy: INVALID_LB_POLICY
LeastRequest: LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
Maglev: MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
OriginalDestination: ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
Random: RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
RingHash: RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
RoundRobin: ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
WeightedMaglev: WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

InvalidLbPolicy: INVALID_LB_POLICY
LeastRequest: LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
Maglev: MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
OriginalDestination: ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
Random: RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
RingHash: RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
RoundRobin: ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
WeightedMaglev: WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

INVALID_LB_POLICY: INVALID_LB_POLICY
LEAST_REQUEST: LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
MAGLEV: MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
RANDOM: RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
RING_HASH: RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
ROUND_ROBIN: ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
WEIGHTED_MAGLEV: WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

"INVALID_LB_POLICY": INVALID_LB_POLICY
"LEAST_REQUEST": LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
"MAGLEV": MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
"ORIGINAL_DESTINATION": ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
"RANDOM": RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
"RING_HASH": RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
"ROUND_ROBIN": ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
"WEIGHTED_MAGLEV": WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfig

CustomPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicy
Policy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicy

CustomPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicy
Policy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicy

customPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicy
policy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicy

customPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicy
policy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicy

custom_policy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicy
policy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicy

customPolicy Property Map
policy Property Map

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicy

Data string: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
Name string: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

Data string: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
Name string: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

data String: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
name String: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

data string: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
name string: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

data str: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
name str: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

data String: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
name String: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicyResponse

Data string: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
Name string: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

Data string: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
Name string: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

data String: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
name String: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

data string: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
name string: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

data str: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
name str: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

data String: An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.
name String: Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicy

Name Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

Name BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

name BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

name BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

name BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

name "INVALID_LB_POLICY" | "LEAST_REQUEST" | "MAGLEV" | "ORIGINAL_DESTINATION" | "RANDOM" | "RING_HASH" | "ROUND_ROBIN" | "WEIGHTED_MAGLEV": The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName

InvalidLbPolicy: INVALID_LB_POLICY
LeastRequest: LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
Maglev: MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
OriginalDestination: ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
Random: RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
RingHash: RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
RoundRobin: ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
WeightedMaglev: WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameInvalidLbPolicy: INVALID_LB_POLICY
BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameLeastRequest: LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameMaglev: MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameOriginalDestination: ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameRandom: RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameRingHash: RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameRoundRobin: ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameWeightedMaglev: WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

InvalidLbPolicy: INVALID_LB_POLICY
LeastRequest: LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
Maglev: MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
OriginalDestination: ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
Random: RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
RingHash: RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
RoundRobin: ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
WeightedMaglev: WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

InvalidLbPolicy: INVALID_LB_POLICY
LeastRequest: LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
Maglev: MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
OriginalDestination: ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
Random: RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
RingHash: RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
RoundRobin: ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
WeightedMaglev: WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

INVALID_LB_POLICY: INVALID_LB_POLICY
LEAST_REQUEST: LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
MAGLEV: MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
RANDOM: RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
RING_HASH: RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
ROUND_ROBIN: ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
WEIGHTED_MAGLEV: WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

"INVALID_LB_POLICY": INVALID_LB_POLICY
"LEAST_REQUEST": LEAST_REQUEST
An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.
"MAGLEV": MAGLEV
This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824
"ORIGINAL_DESTINATION": ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.
"RANDOM": RANDOM
The load balancer selects a random healthy host.
"RING_HASH": RING_HASH
The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.
"ROUND_ROBIN": ROUND_ROBIN
This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.
"WEIGHTED_MAGLEV": WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyResponse

Name string: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

Name string: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

name String: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

name string: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

name str: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

name String: The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigResponse

CustomPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicyResponse
Policy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyResponse

CustomPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicyResponse
Policy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyResponse

customPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicyResponse
policy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyResponse

customPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicyResponse
policy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyResponse

custom_policy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicyResponse
policy BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyResponse

customPolicy Property Map
policy Property Map

BackendServiceLogConfig

Enable bool

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

Optional Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceLogConfigOptional

Deprecated in favor of optionalMode. This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

Deprecated:

OptionalFields List<string>

This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

OptionalMode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

SampleRate double

This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

Enable bool

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

Optional BackendServiceLogConfigOptional

Deprecated:

OptionalFields []string

OptionalMode BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

SampleRate float64

enable Boolean

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

optional BackendServiceLogConfigOptional

Deprecated:

optionalFields List<String>

optionalMode BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

sampleRate Double

enable boolean

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

optional BackendServiceLogConfigOptional

Deprecated:

optionalFields string[]

optionalMode BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

sampleRate number

enable bool

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

optional BackendServiceLogConfigOptional

Deprecated:

optional_fields Sequence[str]

optional_mode BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

sample_rate float

enable Boolean

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

optional "CUSTOM" | "EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL" | "INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL" | "UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE"

Deprecated:

optionalFields List<String>

optionalMode "CUSTOM" | "EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL" | "INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL" | "UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE"

sampleRate Number

BackendServiceLogConfigOptional

Custom: CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
ExcludeAllOptional: EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
IncludeAllOptional: INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
UnspecifiedOptionalMode: UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalCustom: CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalExcludeAllOptional: EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalIncludeAllOptional: INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalUnspecifiedOptionalMode: UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

Custom: CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
ExcludeAllOptional: EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
IncludeAllOptional: INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
UnspecifiedOptionalMode: UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

Custom: CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
ExcludeAllOptional: EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
IncludeAllOptional: INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
UnspecifiedOptionalMode: UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

CUSTOM: CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL: EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL: INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE: UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

"CUSTOM": CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
"EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL": EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
"INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL": INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
"UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE": UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

Custom: CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
ExcludeAllOptional: EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
IncludeAllOptional: INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
UnspecifiedOptionalMode: UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalModeCustom: CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalModeExcludeAllOptional: EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalModeIncludeAllOptional: INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalModeUnspecifiedOptionalMode: UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

Custom: CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
ExcludeAllOptional: EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
IncludeAllOptional: INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
UnspecifiedOptionalMode: UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

Custom: CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
ExcludeAllOptional: EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
IncludeAllOptional: INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
UnspecifiedOptionalMode: UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

CUSTOM: CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL: EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL: INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE: UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

"CUSTOM": CUSTOM
A subset of optional fields.
"EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL": EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
None optional fields.
"INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL": INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
All optional fields.
"UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE": UNSPECIFIED_OPTIONAL_MODE

BackendServiceLogConfigResponse

Enable bool

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

Optional string

Deprecated:

OptionalFields List<string>

OptionalMode string

SampleRate double

Enable bool

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

Optional string

Deprecated:

OptionalFields []string

OptionalMode string

SampleRate float64

enable Boolean

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

optional String

Deprecated:

optionalFields List<String>

optionalMode String

sampleRate Double

enable boolean

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

optional string

Deprecated:

optionalFields string[]

optionalMode string

sampleRate number

enable bool

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

optional str

Deprecated:

optional_fields Sequence[str]

optional_mode str

sample_rate float

enable Boolean

Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

optional String

Deprecated:

optionalFields List<String>

optionalMode String

sampleRate Number

BackendServiceProtocol

All: ALL
ALL includes TCP, UDP, ICMP, ESP, AH and SCTP. Note that this should never be used together with target_xx_proxies.
Grpc: GRPC
gRPC (available for Traffic Director).
Http: HTTP
Http2: HTTP2
HTTP/2 with SSL.
Https: HTTPS
Ssl: SSL
TCP proxying with SSL.
Tcp: TCP
TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.
Udp: UDP
UDP.
Unspecified: UNSPECIFIED
If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

BackendServiceProtocolAll: ALL
ALL includes TCP, UDP, ICMP, ESP, AH and SCTP. Note that this should never be used together with target_xx_proxies.
BackendServiceProtocolGrpc: GRPC
gRPC (available for Traffic Director).
BackendServiceProtocolHttp: HTTP
BackendServiceProtocolHttp2: HTTP2
HTTP/2 with SSL.
BackendServiceProtocolHttps: HTTPS
BackendServiceProtocolSsl: SSL
TCP proxying with SSL.
BackendServiceProtocolTcp: TCP
TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.
BackendServiceProtocolUdp: UDP
UDP.
BackendServiceProtocolUnspecified: UNSPECIFIED
If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

All: ALL
ALL includes TCP, UDP, ICMP, ESP, AH and SCTP. Note that this should never be used together with target_xx_proxies.
Grpc: GRPC
gRPC (available for Traffic Director).
Http: HTTP
Http2: HTTP2
HTTP/2 with SSL.
Https: HTTPS
Ssl: SSL
TCP proxying with SSL.
Tcp: TCP
TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.
Udp: UDP
UDP.
Unspecified: UNSPECIFIED
If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

All: ALL
ALL includes TCP, UDP, ICMP, ESP, AH and SCTP. Note that this should never be used together with target_xx_proxies.
Grpc: GRPC
gRPC (available for Traffic Director).
Http: HTTP
Http2: HTTP2
HTTP/2 with SSL.
Https: HTTPS
Ssl: SSL
TCP proxying with SSL.
Tcp: TCP
TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.
Udp: UDP
UDP.
Unspecified: UNSPECIFIED
If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

ALL: ALL
ALL includes TCP, UDP, ICMP, ESP, AH and SCTP. Note that this should never be used together with target_xx_proxies.
GRPC: GRPC
gRPC (available for Traffic Director).
HTTP: HTTP
HTTP2: HTTP2
HTTP/2 with SSL.
HTTPS: HTTPS
SSL: SSL
TCP proxying with SSL.
TCP: TCP
TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.
UDP: UDP
UDP.
UNSPECIFIED: UNSPECIFIED
If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

"ALL": ALL
ALL includes TCP, UDP, ICMP, ESP, AH and SCTP. Note that this should never be used together with target_xx_proxies.
"GRPC": GRPC
gRPC (available for Traffic Director).
"HTTP": HTTP
"HTTP2": HTTP2
HTTP/2 with SSL.
"HTTPS": HTTPS
"SSL": SSL
TCP proxying with SSL.
"TCP": TCP
TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.
"UDP": UDP
UDP.
"UNSPECIFIED": UNSPECIFIED
If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

BackendServiceSessionAffinity

ClientIp: CLIENT_IP
2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.
ClientIpNoDestination: CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION
1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
ClientIpPortProto: CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO
5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
ClientIpProto: CLIENT_IP_PROTO
3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
GeneratedCookie: GENERATED_COOKIE
Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.
HeaderField: HEADER_FIELD
The hash is based on a user specified header field.
HttpCookie: HTTP_COOKIE
The hash is based on a user provided cookie.
None: NONE
No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

BackendServiceSessionAffinityClientIp: CLIENT_IP
2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.
BackendServiceSessionAffinityClientIpNoDestination: CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION
1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
BackendServiceSessionAffinityClientIpPortProto: CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO
5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
BackendServiceSessionAffinityClientIpProto: CLIENT_IP_PROTO
3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
BackendServiceSessionAffinityGeneratedCookie: GENERATED_COOKIE
Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.
BackendServiceSessionAffinityHeaderField: HEADER_FIELD
The hash is based on a user specified header field.
BackendServiceSessionAffinityHttpCookie: HTTP_COOKIE
The hash is based on a user provided cookie.
BackendServiceSessionAffinityNone: NONE
No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

ClientIp: CLIENT_IP
2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.
ClientIpNoDestination: CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION
1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
ClientIpPortProto: CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO
5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
ClientIpProto: CLIENT_IP_PROTO
3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
GeneratedCookie: GENERATED_COOKIE
Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.
HeaderField: HEADER_FIELD
The hash is based on a user specified header field.
HttpCookie: HTTP_COOKIE
The hash is based on a user provided cookie.
None: NONE
No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

ClientIp: CLIENT_IP
2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.
ClientIpNoDestination: CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION
1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
ClientIpPortProto: CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO
5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
ClientIpProto: CLIENT_IP_PROTO
3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
GeneratedCookie: GENERATED_COOKIE
Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.
HeaderField: HEADER_FIELD
The hash is based on a user specified header field.
HttpCookie: HTTP_COOKIE
The hash is based on a user provided cookie.
None: NONE
No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

CLIENT_IP: CLIENT_IP
2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.
CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION: CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION
1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO: CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO
5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
CLIENT_IP_PROTO: CLIENT_IP_PROTO
3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
GENERATED_COOKIE: GENERATED_COOKIE
Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.
HEADER_FIELD: HEADER_FIELD
The hash is based on a user specified header field.
HTTP_COOKIE: HTTP_COOKIE
The hash is based on a user provided cookie.
NONE: NONE
No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

"CLIENT_IP": CLIENT_IP
2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.
"CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION": CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION
1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.
"CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO": CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO
5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
"CLIENT_IP_PROTO": CLIENT_IP_PROTO
3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.
"GENERATED_COOKIE": GENERATED_COOKIE
Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.
"HEADER_FIELD": HEADER_FIELD
The hash is based on a user specified header field.
"HTTP_COOKIE": HTTP_COOKIE
The hash is based on a user provided cookie.
"NONE": NONE
No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

BackendServiceVpcNetworkScope

GlobalVpcNetwork: GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in global VPCs
RegionalVpcNetwork: REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in regional VPCs

BackendServiceVpcNetworkScopeGlobalVpcNetwork: GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in global VPCs
BackendServiceVpcNetworkScopeRegionalVpcNetwork: REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in regional VPCs

GlobalVpcNetwork: GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in global VPCs
RegionalVpcNetwork: REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in regional VPCs

GlobalVpcNetwork: GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in global VPCs
RegionalVpcNetwork: REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in regional VPCs

GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK: GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in global VPCs
REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK: REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in regional VPCs

"GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK": GLOBAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in global VPCs
"REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK": REGIONAL_VPC_NETWORK
The backend service can only have backends in regional VPCs

CacheKeyPolicy

IncludeHost bool: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
IncludeHttpHeaders List<string>: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
IncludeNamedCookies List<string>: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
IncludeProtocol bool: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
IncludeQueryString bool: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
QueryStringBlacklist List<string>: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
QueryStringWhitelist List<string>: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

IncludeHost bool: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
IncludeHttpHeaders []string: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
IncludeNamedCookies []string: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
IncludeProtocol bool: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
IncludeQueryString bool: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
QueryStringBlacklist []string: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
QueryStringWhitelist []string: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

includeHost Boolean: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
includeHttpHeaders List<String>: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
includeNamedCookies List<String>: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
includeProtocol Boolean: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
includeQueryString Boolean: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
queryStringBlacklist List<String>: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
queryStringWhitelist List<String>: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

includeHost boolean: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
includeHttpHeaders string[]: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
includeNamedCookies string[]: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
includeProtocol boolean: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
includeQueryString boolean: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
queryStringBlacklist string[]: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
queryStringWhitelist string[]: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

include_host bool: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
include_http_headers Sequence[str]: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
include_named_cookies Sequence[str]: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
include_protocol bool: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
include_query_string bool: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
query_string_blacklist Sequence[str]: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
query_string_whitelist Sequence[str]: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

includeHost Boolean: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
includeHttpHeaders List<String>: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
includeNamedCookies List<String>: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
includeProtocol Boolean: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
includeQueryString Boolean: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
queryStringBlacklist List<String>: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
queryStringWhitelist List<String>: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

CacheKeyPolicyResponse

IncludeHost bool: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
IncludeHttpHeaders List<string>: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
IncludeNamedCookies List<string>: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
IncludeProtocol bool: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
IncludeQueryString bool: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
QueryStringBlacklist List<string>: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
QueryStringWhitelist List<string>: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

IncludeHost bool: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
IncludeHttpHeaders []string: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
IncludeNamedCookies []string: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
IncludeProtocol bool: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
IncludeQueryString bool: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
QueryStringBlacklist []string: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
QueryStringWhitelist []string: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

includeHost Boolean: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
includeHttpHeaders List<String>: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
includeNamedCookies List<String>: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
includeProtocol Boolean: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
includeQueryString Boolean: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
queryStringBlacklist List<String>: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
queryStringWhitelist List<String>: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

includeHost boolean: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
includeHttpHeaders string[]: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
includeNamedCookies string[]: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
includeProtocol boolean: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
includeQueryString boolean: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
queryStringBlacklist string[]: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
queryStringWhitelist string[]: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

include_host bool: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
include_http_headers Sequence[str]: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
include_named_cookies Sequence[str]: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
include_protocol bool: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
include_query_string bool: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
query_string_blacklist Sequence[str]: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
query_string_whitelist Sequence[str]: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

includeHost Boolean: If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.
includeHttpHeaders List<String>: Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
includeNamedCookies List<String>: Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.
includeProtocol Boolean: If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.
includeQueryString Boolean: If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.
queryStringBlacklist List<String>: Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.
queryStringWhitelist List<String>: Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

CallCredentials

CallCredentialType Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.CallCredentialsCallCredentialType: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
FromPlugin Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.MetadataCredentialsFromPlugin: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

CallCredentialType CallCredentialsCallCredentialType: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
FromPlugin MetadataCredentialsFromPlugin: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

callCredentialType CallCredentialsCallCredentialType: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
fromPlugin MetadataCredentialsFromPlugin: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

callCredentialType CallCredentialsCallCredentialType: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
fromPlugin MetadataCredentialsFromPlugin: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

call_credential_type CallCredentialsCallCredentialType: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
from_plugin MetadataCredentialsFromPlugin: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

callCredentialType "FROM_PLUGIN" | "GCE_VM" | "INVALID": The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
fromPlugin Property Map: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

CallCredentialsCallCredentialType

FromPlugin: FROM_PLUGIN
Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
GceVm: GCE_VM
The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server.
Invalid: INVALID

CallCredentialsCallCredentialTypeFromPlugin: FROM_PLUGIN
Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
CallCredentialsCallCredentialTypeGceVm: GCE_VM
The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server.
CallCredentialsCallCredentialTypeInvalid: INVALID

FromPlugin: FROM_PLUGIN
Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
GceVm: GCE_VM
The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server.
Invalid: INVALID

FromPlugin: FROM_PLUGIN
Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
GceVm: GCE_VM
The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server.
Invalid: INVALID

FROM_PLUGIN: FROM_PLUGIN
Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
GCE_VM: GCE_VM
The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server.
INVALID: INVALID

"FROM_PLUGIN": FROM_PLUGIN
Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
"GCE_VM": GCE_VM
The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server.
"INVALID": INVALID

CallCredentialsResponse

CallCredentialType string: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
FromPlugin Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.MetadataCredentialsFromPluginResponse: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

CallCredentialType string: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
FromPlugin MetadataCredentialsFromPluginResponse: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

callCredentialType String: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
fromPlugin MetadataCredentialsFromPluginResponse: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

callCredentialType string: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
fromPlugin MetadataCredentialsFromPluginResponse: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

call_credential_type str: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
from_plugin MetadataCredentialsFromPluginResponse: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

callCredentialType String: The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.
fromPlugin Property Map: Custom authenticator credentials. Valid if callCredentialType is FROM_PLUGIN.

ChannelCredentials

Certificates Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.TlsCertificatePaths: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
ChannelCredentialType Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.ChannelCredentialsChannelCredentialType: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

Certificates TlsCertificatePaths: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
ChannelCredentialType ChannelCredentialsChannelCredentialType: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

certificates TlsCertificatePaths: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentialType ChannelCredentialsChannelCredentialType: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

certificates TlsCertificatePaths: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentialType ChannelCredentialsChannelCredentialType: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

certificates TlsCertificatePaths: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channel_credential_type ChannelCredentialsChannelCredentialType: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

certificates Property Map: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentialType "CERTIFICATES" | "GCE_VM" | "INVALID": The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

ChannelCredentialsChannelCredentialType

Certificates: CERTIFICATES
Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server.
GceVm: GCE_VM
Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.
Invalid: INVALID

ChannelCredentialsChannelCredentialTypeCertificates: CERTIFICATES
Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server.
ChannelCredentialsChannelCredentialTypeGceVm: GCE_VM
Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.
ChannelCredentialsChannelCredentialTypeInvalid: INVALID

Certificates: CERTIFICATES
Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server.
GceVm: GCE_VM
Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.
Invalid: INVALID

Certificates: CERTIFICATES
Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server.
GceVm: GCE_VM
Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.
Invalid: INVALID

CERTIFICATES: CERTIFICATES
Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server.
GCE_VM: GCE_VM
Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.
INVALID: INVALID

"CERTIFICATES": CERTIFICATES
Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server.
"GCE_VM": GCE_VM
Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.
"INVALID": INVALID

ChannelCredentialsResponse

Certificates Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.TlsCertificatePathsResponse: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
ChannelCredentialType string: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

Certificates TlsCertificatePathsResponse: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
ChannelCredentialType string: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

certificates TlsCertificatePathsResponse: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentialType String: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

certificates TlsCertificatePathsResponse: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentialType string: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

certificates TlsCertificatePathsResponse: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channel_credential_type str: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

certificates Property Map: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentialType String: The channel credentials to access the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: CERTIFICATES: Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server. GCE_VM: Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.

CircuitBreakers

ConnectTimeout Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.Duration: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
MaxConnections int: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxPendingRequests int: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxRequests int: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
MaxRequestsPerConnection int: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxRetries int: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

ConnectTimeout Duration: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
MaxConnections int: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxPendingRequests int: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxRequests int: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
MaxRequestsPerConnection int: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxRetries int: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

connectTimeout Duration: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
maxConnections Integer: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxPendingRequests Integer: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRequests Integer: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
maxRequestsPerConnection Integer: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRetries Integer: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

connectTimeout Duration: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
maxConnections number: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxPendingRequests number: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRequests number: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
maxRequestsPerConnection number: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRetries number: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

connect_timeout Duration: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
max_connections int: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
max_pending_requests int: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
max_requests int: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
max_requests_per_connection int: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
max_retries int: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

connectTimeout Property Map: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
maxConnections Number: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxPendingRequests Number: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRequests Number: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
maxRequestsPerConnection Number: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRetries Number: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

CircuitBreakersResponse

ConnectTimeout Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.DurationResponse: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
MaxConnections int: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxPendingRequests int: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxRequests int: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
MaxRequestsPerConnection int: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxRetries int: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

ConnectTimeout DurationResponse: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
MaxConnections int: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxPendingRequests int: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxRequests int: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
MaxRequestsPerConnection int: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
MaxRetries int: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

connectTimeout DurationResponse: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
maxConnections Integer: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxPendingRequests Integer: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRequests Integer: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
maxRequestsPerConnection Integer: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRetries Integer: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

connectTimeout DurationResponse: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
maxConnections number: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxPendingRequests number: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRequests number: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
maxRequestsPerConnection number: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRetries number: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

connect_timeout DurationResponse: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
max_connections int: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
max_pending_requests int: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
max_requests int: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
max_requests_per_connection int: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
max_retries int: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

connectTimeout Property Map: The timeout for new network connections to hosts.
maxConnections Number: The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxPendingRequests Number: The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRequests Number: The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.
maxRequestsPerConnection Number: Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
maxRetries Number: The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

ClientTlsSettings

ClientTlsContext Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.TlsContext: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
Mode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.ClientTlsSettingsMode: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
Sni string: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
SubjectAltNames List<string>: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

ClientTlsContext TlsContext: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
Mode ClientTlsSettingsMode: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
Sni string: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
SubjectAltNames []string: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

clientTlsContext TlsContext: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
mode ClientTlsSettingsMode: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
sni String: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
subjectAltNames List<String>: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

clientTlsContext TlsContext: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
mode ClientTlsSettingsMode: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
sni string: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
subjectAltNames string[]: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

client_tls_context TlsContext: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
mode ClientTlsSettingsMode: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
sni str: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
subject_alt_names Sequence[str]: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

clientTlsContext Property Map: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
mode "DISABLE" | "INVALID" | "MUTUAL" | "SIMPLE": Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
sni String: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
subjectAltNames List<String>: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

ClientTlsSettingsMode

Disable: DISABLE
Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends.
Invalid: INVALID
Mutual: MUTUAL
Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
Simple: SIMPLE
Originate a TLS connection to the backends.

ClientTlsSettingsModeDisable: DISABLE
Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends.
ClientTlsSettingsModeInvalid: INVALID
ClientTlsSettingsModeMutual: MUTUAL
Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
ClientTlsSettingsModeSimple: SIMPLE
Originate a TLS connection to the backends.

Disable: DISABLE
Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends.
Invalid: INVALID
Mutual: MUTUAL
Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
Simple: SIMPLE
Originate a TLS connection to the backends.

Disable: DISABLE
Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends.
Invalid: INVALID
Mutual: MUTUAL
Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
Simple: SIMPLE
Originate a TLS connection to the backends.

DISABLE: DISABLE
Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends.
INVALID: INVALID
MUTUAL: MUTUAL
Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
SIMPLE: SIMPLE
Originate a TLS connection to the backends.

"DISABLE": DISABLE
Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends.
"INVALID": INVALID
"MUTUAL": MUTUAL
Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
"SIMPLE": SIMPLE
Originate a TLS connection to the backends.

ClientTlsSettingsResponse

ClientTlsContext Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.TlsContextResponse: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
Mode string: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
Sni string: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
SubjectAltNames List<string>: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

ClientTlsContext TlsContextResponse: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
Mode string: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
Sni string: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
SubjectAltNames []string: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

clientTlsContext TlsContextResponse: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
mode String: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
sni String: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
subjectAltNames List<String>: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

clientTlsContext TlsContextResponse: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
mode string: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
sni string: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
subjectAltNames string[]: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

client_tls_context TlsContextResponse: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
mode str: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
sni str: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
subject_alt_names Sequence[str]: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

clientTlsContext Property Map: Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL.
mode String: Indicates whether connections to this port should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This can be set to one of the following values: DISABLE: Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends. SIMPLE: Originate a TLS connection to the backends. MUTUAL: Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.
sni String: SNI string to present to the server during TLS handshake. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.
subjectAltNames List<String>: A list of alternate names to verify the subject identity in the certificate.If specified, the proxy will verify that the server certificate's subject alt name matches one of the specified values. This field is applicable only when mode is SIMPLE or MUTUAL.

ConnectionDraining

DrainingTimeoutSec int: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

DrainingTimeoutSec int: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

drainingTimeoutSec Integer: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

drainingTimeoutSec number: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

draining_timeout_sec int: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

drainingTimeoutSec Number: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

ConnectionDrainingResponse

DrainingTimeoutSec int: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

DrainingTimeoutSec int: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

drainingTimeoutSec Integer: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

drainingTimeoutSec number: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

draining_timeout_sec int: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

drainingTimeoutSec Number: Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings

HttpCookie Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
HttpHeaderName string: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
MinimumRingSize string: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

HttpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
HttpHeaderName string: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
MinimumRingSize string: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

httpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
httpHeaderName String: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
minimumRingSize String: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

httpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
httpHeaderName string: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
minimumRingSize string: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

http_cookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
http_header_name str: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
minimum_ring_size str: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

httpCookie Property Map: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
httpHeaderName String: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
minimumRingSize String: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie

Name string: Name of the cookie.
Path string: Path to set for the cookie.
Ttl Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.Duration: Lifetime of the cookie.

Name string: Name of the cookie.
Path string: Path to set for the cookie.
Ttl Duration: Lifetime of the cookie.

name String: Name of the cookie.
path String: Path to set for the cookie.
ttl Duration: Lifetime of the cookie.

name string: Name of the cookie.
path string: Path to set for the cookie.
ttl Duration: Lifetime of the cookie.

name str: Name of the cookie.
path str: Path to set for the cookie.
ttl Duration: Lifetime of the cookie.

name String: Name of the cookie.
path String: Path to set for the cookie.
ttl Property Map: Lifetime of the cookie.

ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse

Name string: Name of the cookie.
Path string: Path to set for the cookie.
Ttl Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.DurationResponse: Lifetime of the cookie.

Name string: Name of the cookie.
Path string: Path to set for the cookie.
Ttl DurationResponse: Lifetime of the cookie.

name String: Name of the cookie.
path String: Path to set for the cookie.
ttl DurationResponse: Lifetime of the cookie.

name string: Name of the cookie.
path string: Path to set for the cookie.
ttl DurationResponse: Lifetime of the cookie.

name str: Name of the cookie.
path str: Path to set for the cookie.
ttl DurationResponse: Lifetime of the cookie.

name String: Name of the cookie.
path String: Path to set for the cookie.
ttl Property Map: Lifetime of the cookie.

ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsResponse

HttpCookie Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
HttpHeaderName string: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
MinimumRingSize string: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

HttpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
HttpHeaderName string: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
MinimumRingSize string: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

httpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
httpHeaderName String: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
minimumRingSize String: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

httpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
httpHeaderName string: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
minimumRingSize string: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

http_cookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
http_header_name str: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
minimum_ring_size str: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

httpCookie Property Map: Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
httpHeaderName String: The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.
minimumRingSize String: The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

Duration

Nanos int: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
Seconds string: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

Nanos int: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
Seconds string: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

nanos Integer: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
seconds String: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

nanos number: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
seconds string: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

nanos int: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
seconds str: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

nanos Number: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
seconds String: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

DurationResponse

Nanos int: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
Seconds string: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

Nanos int: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
Seconds string: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

nanos Integer: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
seconds String: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

nanos number: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
seconds string: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

nanos int: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
seconds str: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

nanos Number: Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
seconds String: Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

GrpcServiceConfig

CallCredentials Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.CallCredentials: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
ChannelCredentials Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.ChannelCredentials: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
TargetUri string: The target URI of the SDS server.

CallCredentials CallCredentials: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
ChannelCredentials ChannelCredentials: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
TargetUri string: The target URI of the SDS server.

callCredentials CallCredentials: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentials ChannelCredentials: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
targetUri String: The target URI of the SDS server.

callCredentials CallCredentials: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentials ChannelCredentials: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
targetUri string: The target URI of the SDS server.

call_credentials CallCredentials: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channel_credentials ChannelCredentials: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
target_uri str: The target URI of the SDS server.

callCredentials Property Map: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentials Property Map: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
targetUri String: The target URI of the SDS server.

GrpcServiceConfigResponse

CallCredentials Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.CallCredentialsResponse: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
ChannelCredentials Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.ChannelCredentialsResponse: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
TargetUri string: The target URI of the SDS server.

CallCredentials CallCredentialsResponse: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
ChannelCredentials ChannelCredentialsResponse: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
TargetUri string: The target URI of the SDS server.

callCredentials CallCredentialsResponse: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentials ChannelCredentialsResponse: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
targetUri String: The target URI of the SDS server.

callCredentials CallCredentialsResponse: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentials ChannelCredentialsResponse: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
targetUri string: The target URI of the SDS server.

call_credentials CallCredentialsResponse: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channel_credentials ChannelCredentialsResponse: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
target_uri str: The target URI of the SDS server.

callCredentials Property Map: The call credentials to access the SDS server.
channelCredentials Property Map: The channel credentials to access the SDS server.
targetUri String: The target URI of the SDS server.

Jwt

Audiences List<string>: A JWT containing any of these audiences will be accepted. The service name will be accepted if audiences is empty. Examples: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com, bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
Issuer string: Identifies the issuer that issued the JWT, which is usually a URL or an email address. Examples: https://securetoken.google.com, 1234567-compute@developer.gserviceaccount.com
JwksPublicKeys string: The provider's public key set to validate the signature of the JWT.
JwtHeaders List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Alpha.Inputs.JwtHeader>: jwt_headers and jwt_params define where to extract the JWT from an HTTP request. If no explicit location is specified, the following default locations are tried in order: 1. The Authorization header using the Bearer schema. See here _. Example: Authorization: Bearer . 2. access_token query parameter. See this _ Multiple JWTs can be verified for a request. Each JWT has to be extracted from the locations its issuer specified or from the default locations. This field is set if JWT is sent in a request header. This field specifies the header name. For example, if header=x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion, the header format will be x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion: .
JwtParams List<string>: This field is set if JWT is sent in a query parameter. This field specifies the query parameter name. For example, if jwt_params[0] is jwt_token, the JWT format in the query parameter is /path?jwt_token=.

Audiences []string: A JWT containing any of these audiences will be accepted. The service name will be accepted if audiences is empty. Examples: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com, bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
Issuer string: Identifies the issuer that issued the JWT, which is usually a URL or an email address. Examples: https://securetoken.google.com, 1234567-compute@developer.gserviceaccount.com
JwksPublicKeys string: The provider's public key set to validate the signature of the JWT.
JwtHeaders []JwtHeader: jwt_headers and jwt_params define where to extract the JWT from an HTTP request. If no explicit location is specified, the following default locations are tried in order: 1. The Authorization header using the Bearer schema. See here _. Example: Authorization: Bearer . 2. access_token query parameter. See this _ Multiple JWTs can be verified for a request. Each JWT has to be extracted from the locations its issuer specified or from the default locations. This field is set if JWT is sent in a request header. This field specifies the header name. For example, if header=x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion, the header format will be x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion: .
JwtParams []string: This field is set if JWT is sent in a query parameter. This field specifies the query parameter name. For example, if jwt_params[0] is jwt_token, the JWT format in the query parameter is /path?jwt_token=.

audiences List<String>: A JWT containing any of these audiences will be accepted. The service name will be accepted if audiences is empty. Examples: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com, bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
issuer String: Identifies the issuer that issued the JWT, which is usually a URL or an email address. Examples: https://securetoken.google.com, 1234567-compute@developer.gserviceaccount.com
jwksPublicKeys String: The provider's public key set to validate the signature of the JWT.
jwtHeaders List<JwtHeader>: jwt_headers and jwt_params define where to extract the JWT from an HTTP request. If no explicit location is specified, the following default locations are tried in order: 1. The Authorization header using the Bearer schema. See here _. Example: Authorization: Bearer . 2. access_token query parameter. See this _ Multiple JWTs can be verified for a request. Each JWT has to be extracted from the locations its issuer specified or from the default locations. This field is set if JWT is sent in a request header. This field specifies the header name. For example, if header=x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion, the header format will be x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion: .
jwtParams List<String>: This field is set if JWT is sent in a query parameter. This field specifies the query parameter name. For example, if jwt_params[0] is jwt_token, the JWT format in the query parameter is /path?jwt_token=.

audiences string[]: A JWT containing any of these audiences will be accepted. The service name will be accepted if audiences is empty. Examples: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com, bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
issuer string: Identifies the issuer that issued the JWT, which is usually a URL or an email address. Examples: https://securetoken.google.com, 1234567-compute@developer.gserviceaccount.com
jwksPublicKeys string: The provider's public key set to validate the signature of the JWT.
jwtHeaders JwtHeader[]: jwt_headers and jwt_params define where to extract the JWT from an HTTP request. If no explicit location is specified, the following default locations are tried in order: 1. The Authorization header using the Bearer schema. See here _. Example: Authorization: Bearer . 2. access_token query parameter. See this _ Multiple JWTs can be verified for a request. Each JWT has to be extracted from the locations its issuer specified or from the default locations. This field is set if JWT is sent in a request header. This field specifies the header name. For example, if header=x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion, the header format will be x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion: .
jwtParams string[]: This field is set if JWT is sent in a query parameter. This field specifies the query parameter name. For example, if jwt_params[0] is jwt_token, the JWT format in the query parameter is /path?jwt_token=.

audiences Sequence[str]: A JWT containing any of these audiences will be accepted. The service name will be accepted if audiences is empty. Examples: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com, bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
issuer str: Identifies the issuer that issued the JWT, which is usually a URL or an email address. Examples: https://securetoken.google.com, 1234567-compute@developer.gserviceaccount.com
jwks_public_keys str: The provider's public key set to validate the signature of the JWT.
jwt_headers Sequence[JwtHeader]: jwt_headers and jwt_params define where to extract the JWT from an HTTP request. If no explicit location is specified, the following default locations are tried in order: 1. The Authorization header using the Bearer schema. See here _. Example: Authorization: Bearer . 2.

google-native.compute/alpha.BackendService

On this page

On this page

Create BackendService Resource

BackendService Resource Properties

Inputs

Outputs

Supporting Types

AWSV4Signature

AWSV4SignatureResponse

AuthenticationPolicy

AuthenticationPolicyPrincipalBinding

AuthenticationPolicyResponse

AuthorizationConfig

AuthorizationConfigResponse

Backend

BackendBalancingMode

BackendResponse

BackendServiceCdnPolicy

BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader

BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse

BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode

BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy

BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse

BackendServiceCdnPolicyResponse

BackendServiceCompressionMode

BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy

BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends

BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyResponse

BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode

BackendServiceFailoverPolicy

BackendServiceFailoverPolicyResponse

BackendServiceIAP

BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfo

BackendServiceIAPOAuth2ClientInfoResponse

BackendServiceIAPResponse

BackendServiceIpAddressSelectionPolicy

BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfig

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicy

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicyResponse

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicy

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyResponse

BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigResponse

BackendServiceLogConfig

BackendServiceLogConfigOptional

BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

BackendServiceLogConfigResponse

BackendServiceProtocol

BackendServiceSessionAffinity

BackendServiceVpcNetworkScope

CacheKeyPolicy

CacheKeyPolicyResponse

CallCredentials

CallCredentialsCallCredentialType

CallCredentialsResponse

ChannelCredentials

ChannelCredentialsChannelCredentialType

ChannelCredentialsResponse

CircuitBreakers

CircuitBreakersResponse

ClientTlsSettings

ClientTlsSettingsMode

ClientTlsSettingsResponse

ConnectionDraining

ConnectionDrainingResponse

ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings

ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie

ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse

ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsResponse

Duration

DurationResponse

GrpcServiceConfig

GrpcServiceConfigResponse

Jwt